Une erreur est survenue. Détails Cacher
Vos pages ne sont pas sauvegardées. Rétablir Annuler

Inde

  • Président :Ram Nath Kovind
  • Premier ministre:Narendra Modi
  • Capitale:New Delhi
  • Langues:Hindi 41%, Bengali 8.1%, Telugu 7.2%, Marathi 7%, Tamil 5.9%, Urdu 5%, Gujarati 4.5%, Kannada 3.7%, Malayalam 3.2%, Oriya 3.2%, Punjabi 2.8%, Assamese 1.3%, Maithili 1.2%, other 5.9% note: English enjoys the status of subsidiary official language but is the most important language for national, political, and commercial communication; Hindi is the most widely spoken language and primary tongue of 41% of the people; there are 14 other official languages: Bengali, Telugu, Marathi, Tamil, Urdu, Gujarati, Malayalam, Kannada, Oriya, Punjabi, Assamese, Kashmiri, Sindhi, and Sanskrit; Hindustani is a popular variant of Hindi/Urdu spoken widely throughout northern India but is not an official language (2001 census)
  • Gouvernement
  • Bureau de statistique national
  • Population, personnes:1 339 180 127 (2017)
  • Surface en km2:2 973 190 (2017)
  • PIB par habitant, US$:1 940 (2017)
  • PIB, milliards US$ en cours:2 597,5 (2017)
  • Indice de GINI:35,1 (2011)
  • Classement Facilité à faire des affaires:100 (2017)
Tous les ensembles de données:  1 3 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y
  • 1
    • mai 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated..
  • 3
  • 9
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated.. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to the new version of the annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
  • A
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Unique Identification Authority of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data for total enrollments is a cumulative data
    • septembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Chapter C includes indicators that are a mixture of outcome indicators, policy levers and context indicators. Internationalisation of education and progression rates are, for instance, outcome measures to the extent that they indicate the results of policies and practices at the classroom, school and system levels. But they can also provide contexts for establishing policy by identifying areas where policy intervention is necessary, for example, to address issues of inequity.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organizations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • août 2017
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. Department of Commerce
      Téléchargé par : Pallavi S
      Accès le : 20 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators, 2015.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      L'âge médian marque le point où la moitié du groupe est plus âgée que cet âge et la moitié est plus jeune. La main-d'oeuvre comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui fournissent, durant une période de référence spécifiée, la main-d'oeuvre disponible pour la production de biens et services. Elle correspond à la somme des personnes ayant un emploi et celles qui sont au chômage. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la note méthodologique général (en anglais) et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections de la main d'oeuvre (en anglais).
    • avril 2018
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Source - CBS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • avril 2018
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Source - IGS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • avril 2018
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Source - PSD Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Agri-environmental Indicators—Land domain provides information on the annual evolution of the distribution of agricultural and forest areas, and their sub-components, including irrigated areas, at national, regional and global levels.
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mars, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • avril 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Akamai
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2014
      Source : DataMeet
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains the mobile subscribers (monthly) across India. Note: Reliance Telecom figures are not included as the same is not being reported. Courtesy: Sreenivas KN, DataMeet Group    
    • juin 2013
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • juin 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • juin 2017
      Source : International Tropical Timber Organization
      Téléchargé par : Pallavi S
      Accès le : 24 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries.
    • juin 1999
      Source : National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual Temperature Anomaly timeseries for China, India, and the United States.
    • janvier 2014
      Source : World Resources Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 décembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area. Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin. Citation: Gassert, F., P. Reig, T. Luo, and A. Maddocks. 2013. “Aqueduct country and river basin rankings: a weighted aggregation of spatially distinct hydrological indicators.” Working paper. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, November 2013. Available online at http://wri.org/publication/aqueduct-country-river-basin-rankings.
    • mai 2018
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      APD Regional Economic Outlook (REO) provides information on recent economic developments and prospects for countries in Asia and Pacific. Data for the REO for Asia and Pacific is prepared in conjunction with the semi-annual World Economic Outlook (WEO) exercises, spring and fall. Data are consistent with the projections underlying the WEO. REO aggregate data may differ from WEO aggregates due to differences in group membership. Composite data for country groups are weighted averages of data for individual countries. Arithmetic weighted averages are used for all concepts except for inflation and broad money, for which geometric averages are used. PPP GDP weights from the WEO database are used for the aggregation of real GDP growth, real non-oil GDP growth, real per capita GDP growth, investment, national savings, broad money, claims on the nonfinancial private sector, and real and nominal effective exchange rates. Aggregates for other concepts are weighted by GDP in U.S. dollars at market exchange rates.
    • mars 2017
      Source : Transparency International
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at GLOBAL CORRUPTION BAROMETER 2015/16/17by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/research/gcb/gcb_2015_16/0 In the most extensive survey of its kind, we spoke to 21,861 people in 16 countries, regions and territories across the Asia Pacific region between July 2015 and January 2017 about their perceptions and experiences of corruption. The survey results show a great diversity in the corruption risks across the region, but in every country surveyed there is scope for improved approaches to corruption prevention.
    • mars 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ASTI collects primary time-series data on agricultural research capacity and spending levels through national survey rounds in over 80 low-and middle-income countries. Data collection is carried out by country focal points, who distribute survey forms to all agencies known to conduct agricultural research in a given country, including government, nonprofit, and higher education agencies. Private-for profit sector coverage is limited, and hence excluded from this dataset. More detailed country- and regional-level data on agricultural research capacity, investment, and outputs are available 
    • mars 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • octobre 2014
      Source : LMC Automotive
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 janvier, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Automative Industry, 2014
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents the average number of students in a class by type of institution.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
  • B
    • mars 2017
      Source : Information & eGovernment Authority of Bahrain
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bahrain: Foreign Trade
    • août 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • mai 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • septembre 2010
      Source : Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: data cited at Extracted from Accountability India http://www.accountabilityindia.in/expenditure_track. FY2008-09 referred as 2009. Source: http://nrega.nic.in/netnrega/home.aspx
    • juin 2015
      Source : Barro-Lee
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2015
      Source : Barro-Lee
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Bureau of Police Research & Development, Ministry of Home Affairs, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data on Police Organisation in India - an annual publication of Bureau of Police Research is a compilation of important statistics about Police Force of States and Union Territories as well as Central Armed Police Forces of the Union
    • décembre 2012
      Source : PoachingFacts.com
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Bertelsmann Stiftung
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Bertelsmann Stiftung’s Transformation Index (BTI) analyzes and evaluates the quality of democracy, a market economy and political management in 128 developing and transition countries. It measures successes and setbacks on the path toward a democracy based on the rule of law and a market economy flanked by sociopolitical safeguards. Within this framework, the BTI publishes two rankings, the Status Index and the Management Index. Countries are further categorized on the basis of these status index and management rankings/scores. For instance, countries are categorized in to 5 groups – viz; 5 or failed, 4 or very limited, 3 or limited, 2 or advanced, and 1 or highly advanced—based on their status index score of 1 to 10. A country with a high score, 8.5 and above, is categorized as highly advanced. A country with a low score, below 4, is categorized as failed. A country is categorized as ‘very limited’ if it has a status index score between 4 and 5.5. A score between 5.5 and 7 means the country is categorized as ‘limited’ and a country is categorized as ‘advanced’ for a score between 7.1 and 8.5. On the basis of the democratic status ranking, countries are further categorized as 5 or ‘hard - line autocracies,’ 4 or ‘moderate autocracies,’ 3 or ‘highly defective democracies,’ 2 or ‘defective democracies,’ and 1 or ‘democracies in consolidation.’ A country with a democratic status ranking below 4 is categorized as a hard line autocracy. A democratic status score between 4 and 5 means that the country is part of the ‘moderate autocracy’ group. A country is grouped as a ‘highly defective democracy’ for a score between 5 and 6. A country is recognized as a ‘defective democracy’ for a score between 6 and 8, and a score of 8 and above earns a country the status of a ‘democracy in consolidation.’ Countries are also categorized in to 5 groups based on their market economy status ranking. The countries are categorized as ‘rudimentary’ or group 5, ‘poorly functioning’ or group 4, ‘functional flaws’ or group 3, ‘functioning’ or group 2, and ‘developed’ or group 1. A country is recognized as a member of the ‘developed’ group with a market economy status ranking/score of 8 and above. A country is grouped as ‘functioning’ if it has a score between 7 and 8. A market economy status ranking between 5 and 7 means the country is categorized to group 3 or the ‘functional flaws’ group. A score between 3 and 5 means that the country is ‘poorly functioning’ and a score below 3 means the country enjoys a ‘rudimentary’ status. Based on the management index ranking, countries are categorized as 5 or failed, 4 or weak, 3 or moderate, 2 or good, and1 or very good. A country is categorized as ‘very good’ for a score of 7 and above. It is categorized as ‘good’ for a score between 5.6 and 7, and as ‘moderate’ for a score between 4.4 and 5.5. A score between 3 and 4.3 means a country is categorized as ‘weak,’ and a score below 3 means the categorization of a country as ‘failed.’ Countries are ranked between 1 and 10 on the basis of the level of difficulty they face. The level of difficulty is further categorized as 5 or negligible, 4 or minor, 3 or moderate, 2 or substantial, and 1 or massive. A score of 8.5 and above means the categorization of the country’s level of difficulty as ‘massive, and a score below 2.5 means the categorization of the level of difficulty faced by the country as ‘negligible.’ The level of difficulty score of 2.5 to 4.4 means a country faces a ‘minor’ level of difficulty and a score between 4.5 and 6.4 means the level of difficulty faced by a country is ‘moderate.’ A country with a score of 6.5 to 8.4 faces a ‘substantial’ level of difficulty.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : National Statistics Bureau, Bhutan
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2014
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 février, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • octobre 2017
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The consolidated banking statistics (CBS) measure international banking activity from a nationality perspective, focusing on the country where the banking group's parent is headquartered. While residence-based data such as the locational banking statistics indicate where positions are booked, they do not always identify where underlying decisions are made. This is because banking offices in one country may operate within a business model decided by the group's controlling parent, which may be headquartered in another country. The CBS capture the worldwide claims of banking groups based in reporting countries and exclude intragroup positions, similar to the consolidation approach followed by banking supervisors. The CBS provide several different measures of banking groups' country risk exposures, on either an immediate counterparty or an ultimate risk basis. The most appropriate exposure measure depends on the issue being analysed. The benchmark measure in the CBS is foreign claims, which capture credit to borrowers outside a banking group's home country.   Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".  
    • juin 2018
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors
    • août 2018
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2018
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      >>All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 44 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.   >>All series are published in local currency, in US dollars and as percentages of nominal GDP. The regional aggregates as percentages of GDP are calculated based on conversion to the US dollar at market and at purchasing power parity (PPP) exchange rates.
    • mai 2018
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2017
      Source : Bloom Consulting
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Bloomberg
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bloomberg innovation index ranks countries and sovereigns based on their overall ability to innovate. It considers six equally weighted metrics, and their scores are combined to provide an overall score for each country from zero to 100. 1. Research & Development: Research and development expenditure as a percentage of GDP 2. Manufacturing: Manufacturing value-added per capita 3. Productivity: GDP and GNI per employed person age 15+ 4. High-tech companies: Number of domestically domiciled high-tech public companies—such as aerospace and defense, biotechnology, hardware, software, semiconductors, Internet software and services, and renewable energy companies – as a share of world's total high-tech public companies 5. Tertiary efficiency: Total enrolment in tertiary education, regardless of age, as a percentage of postsecondary cohort; minimum share of labor force with at least tertiary degrees; annual new science and engineering graduates as a percentage of the labor force and as a percentage of total tertiary graduates 6. Researcher concentration: Professionals, including Ph.D. students, engaged in R&D per 1 million population 7. Patents: Resident utility patent filings per 1 million population and per $1 million of R&D spent; utility patents granted as a percentage of world total Bloomberg innovation index evaluated more than 200 countries of which only 78 had data for at least six of the seven factors. Postsecondary education and patent activity consisted of multiple factors that were weighted equally. Weights were rescaled for countries with some but not all of the factors in those two metrics. The ranking shows only those countries included in the top 50.
    • février 2018
      Source : BP
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 mars, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Energy Outlook explores the forces shaping the global energy transition out to 2040 and the key uncertainties surrounding that transition. The Outlook considers a number of different scenarios. These scenarios are not predictions of what is likely to happen or what BP would like to happen. Rather, they explore the possible implications of different judgements and assumptions by considering a series of “what if” experiments. The scenarios consider only a tiny sub-set of the uncertainty surrounding energy markets out to 2040; they do not provide a comprehensive description of all possible future outcomes. For ease of explanation, much of the Outlook is described with reference to the ‘Evolving Transition’ scenario. But that does not imply that the probability of this scenario is higher than the others. Indeed, the multitude of uncertainties means the probability of any one of these scenarios materializing exactly as described is negligible. The Energy Outlook is produced to aid BP’s analysis and decision-making, and is published as a contribution to the wider debate. But the Outlook is only one source among many when considering the future of global energy markets. BP considers the scenarios in the Outlook, together with a range of other analysis and information, when forming its long-term strategy.
    • juin 2018
      Source : BP
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Times Higher Education
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Times Higher Education Emerging Economies University Rankings 2018 includes only institutions in countries classified by the FTSE as “advanced emerging”, “secondary emerging” or “frontier”. its fifth year, the 2018 ranking parts with the ‘BRICS’ acronym in the title to recognise the strength and potential of a diverse range of emerging economies. The rankings use the same 13 performance indicators as the THE World University Rankings to judge institutions on their teaching, research, knowledge transfer and international outlook. But they are recalibrated to reflect the development priorities of universities in emerging economies. The performance indicators are grouped into five areas: 1. Teaching (the learning environment) 2. Research (volume, income and reputation) 3. Citations (research influence) 4. International outlook (staff, students and research) 5. Industry income (knowledge transfer) Note: The ranking of institutions, after 200, have been given in range like 201-250 and 251-300. The rank has been taken as 201, 202, 203……..250 as the same order as they appear in the source.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations. Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators. The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers. Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.  
    • avril 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
    • février 2012
      Source : Federal State Statistics Service, Russia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Внешняя торговля товарами Российской Федерации по странам партнерам, 1995-2011
  • C
    • octobre 2017
      Source : World Resources Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Citation: CAIT Climate Data Explorer. 2017. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute. Available online at: http://cait.wri.org   CAIT data carries a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license   CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Government of Canada
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset is updated with data obtained from Statistics Canada and the U.S. Census Bureau. Current data June 2018. Trade Data is updated on a monthly and annual basis, with revisions in March, April, May, August and November to previous year's data. Trade Data is available on both product and industry-based versions. The product Trade Data is classified by Harmonized System (HS) codes while the industry data is based on North American Industry Classification System(NAICS) classification codes. Source: Statistics Canada and the U.S.Census Bureau
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Statistics Canada
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      For the location "Puerto Rico" data is available from 1990.
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents gross capital formation, gross fixed capital formation, changes in inventories and acquisition less disposals of valuables broken down by detailed industries. Gross fixed capital formation is also available broken down by type of assets. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • mars 2018
      Source : International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2017 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • mai 2018
      Source : China Association of Automobile Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Shakthi Krishnan
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World: Car Sales by Country 2017
    • octobre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Indicators in the OECD database on Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions embodied in international trade are derived by combining the 2015 version of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database with International Energy Agency (IEA) statistics on CO2 emissions from fuel combustion. Production-based CO2 emissions are estimated by allocating the IEA CO2 emissions to the 34 target industries in OECD ICIO and, to final demand for fuels, by both residents and non-residents. Consumption-based CO2 emissions are calculated by multiplying the intensities of the production-based emissions (c) with the global Leontief inverse (I-A)(-1) and global final demand matrix (Y) from OECD ICIO, taking the column sums of the resulting matrix and adding residential and private road emissions (FNLC), i.e. direct emissions from final demand: colsum [ diag(c) (I-A)(-1) Y ] + FNLC. The ICIO system includes discrepancies in the trade data (referred to as DISC). Emissions allocated to DISC are made explicit (e.g. in indicator FD_CO2). This ensures that global CO2 production equals global CO2 consumption.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle résultant d'un accident du travail. Une lésion professionnelle mortelle est le résultat d'un accident du travail où le décès survient moins d'un an après le jour de l'accident. Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle résultant d'un accident du travail. Une lésion professionnelle mortelle est le résultat d'un accident du travail où le décès survient moins d'un an après le jour de l'accident.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle non mortelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle résultant d'un accident du travail qui n'entraîne pas le décès de la personne. Une lésion professionnelle non mortelle implique une perte de temps de travail. Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle non mortelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle résultant d'un accident du travail qui n'entraîne pas le décès de la personne. Une lésion professionnelle non mortelle implique une perte de temps de travail.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle non mortelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle non mortelle résultant d'un accident du travail et impliquant une perte de temps de travail. L'incapacité de travail correspond à l'incapacité de la personne affectée par une lésion professionnelle d'exécuter les tâches normales correspondant à l'emploi ou au poste qu'elle occupait au moment de l'accident du travail. L'incapacité de travail peut être permanente, lorsque les travailleurs blessés ne sont plus jamais aptes à exécuter les tâches normales correspondantes à l'emploi ou le poste occupé au moment de l'accident du travail qui a causé la lésion, ou temporaire, lorsque les travailleurs blessés n'ont pas pu travailler à partir du jour suivant le jour de l'accident, mais ont pu reprendre le travail et exécuter les tâches normales correspondantes à l'emploi ou le poste occupé au moment de l'accident du travail, dans un délai d'un an à partir du jour de l'accident.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle non mortelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle non mortelle résultant d'un accident du travail et impliquant une perte de temps de travail. L'incapacité de travail correspond à l'incapacité de la personne affectée par une lésion professionnelle d'exécuter les tâches normales correspondant à l'emploi ou au poste qu'elle occupait au moment de l'accident du travail. L'incapacité de travail peut être permanente, lorsque les travailleurs blessés ne sont plus jamais aptes à exécuter les tâches normales correspondantes à l'emploi ou le poste occupé au moment de l'accident du travail qui a causé la lésion, ou temporaire, lorsque les travailleurs blessés n'ont pas pu travailler à partir du jour suivant le jour de l'accident, mais ont pu reprendre le travail et exécuter les tâches normales correspondantes à l'emploi ou le poste occupé au moment de l'accident du travail, dans un délai d'un an à partir du jour de l'accident. Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • septembre 2007
      Source : Ministry of Women and Child Development, Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      "Child abuse is a state of emotional, physical, economic and sexual maltreatment meted out to a person below the age of eighteen and is a globally prevalent phenomenon. However, in India, as in many other countries, there has been no understanding of the extent, magnitude and trends of the problem. The growing complexities of life and the dramatic changes brought about by socio-economic transitions in India have played a major role in increasing the vulnerability of children to various and newer forms of abuse."
    • juillet 2018
      Source : King Abdullah Petroleum Studies and Research Center
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: KAPSARC Opensoft   https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/abandoned-wind-provinces-and-regions https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/bio-fuel-production-on-the-top-countries https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/china-energy-and-economy-indicators https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/china-wind-power-manufacturers-accumulated-installed-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/chinas-renewable-energy-and-non-fossil-energy-share-of-primary-energy-consumptio https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/chinas-renewable-energy-and-non-fossil-energy-use https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/cumulative-wind-power-approved-and-grid-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/development-of-chinas-wind-power-installed-capacity-of- https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/electricity-consumption-of-wind-power-in-various-provinces-and-regions https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/european-wind-power-installed-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/geothermal-power-generation-in-the-top-countries https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/gloabal-renewable-energy-installed-capacity-and-biofuels-production https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/global-bio-fuel-production https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/global-hydropower-installed-capacity-of-the-top-countries https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/global-pv-installed-capacity-of-the-top-countries https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/global-pv-installed-capacity-of-the-top-countries0 https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/global-renewable-energy-employment https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/installed-capacity-of-renewable-energy-generation https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/national-wind-power-and-the-cumulative-grid-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/national-wind-power-approved-grid-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/newly-approved-capacity-and-proportion-of-wind-power https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/provinces-and-regions-added-wind-power-grid-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/provinces-and-regions-wind-power-accumulated-grid-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/recent-5-years-wind-power-cumulative-grid-rate-in-key-provinces-and-regions- https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/renewable-energy-global-trends-in-investment https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/top-20-countries-hydropower-generating-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/top-20-countries-solar-power-generation https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/top-20-countries-wind-power-generation-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/top-20-countries-with-the-highest-total-generation-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/top-30-countries-energy-consumption https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/top-30-countries-energy-consumption-by-energy-source-2016 https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/wind-power-grid-operation-statistics https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/wind-power-in-key-provinces-and-regions-in-recent-5-years-increased-grid-capacit https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/wind-power-utilization-hours-in-all-provinces-and-regions https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/world-geothermal-power-installed-capacity https://kapsarc.opendatasoft.com/explore/dataset/installed-capacity-of-wind-power-in-various-countries
    • décembre 2017
      Source : National Bureau of Statistics, China
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mars, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par catégorie de chômeur, c'est-à dire distinguant si (1) la personne a été précédemment pourvue d'un emploi ou si (2) elle cherche à obtenir un premier emploi.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation avec référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par le statut de scolarisation, étudiant ou non étudiant.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. La couverture géographique implique une ventilation par zones rurales et urbaines. La distinction entre ces zones géographiques se fait conformément aux définitions nationales.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par profession en fonction de la professsion antérieure des personnes au chômage, utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponible chaque année. L'information sur la profession fait référence à l'ensemble des tâches et obligations effectuées par une personne ou pouvant lui être affectées.
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le taux de chômage est le nombre de personnes qui sont au chômage exprimé en pourcentage du nombre total de personnes pourvues d'un emploi et des chômeurs (c'est-à-dire, la population active). Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par durée du chômage.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. La couverture géographique implique une ventilation par zones rurales et urbaines. La distinction entre ces zones géographiques se fait conformément aux définitions nationales.
    • mars 2018
      Source : United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mars, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2016
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2012
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 septembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2018
      Source : End Coal
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Coal Power Plants Statistics
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • mars 2016
      Source : UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • juin 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • juin 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • juin 2012
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Pallavi S
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Statistical population: CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators.   CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms.   Recommended uses and limitations: The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Concordia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI), Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This is the New Series of Consumer Price Index for Rural & Urban with base year 2012. Published by Central Statistical Office and released on 12th of every month. It covers (1) All India Consumer Price Index (Rural/Urban) (2) State Level Consumer Price Index (Rural/Urban) Up to October 2016
    • juin 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 'Consumer Prices (MEI)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The 'Consumer Prices (MEI)' dataset itself contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data), and are presented as an index where the year 2010 is the base year.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui se trouvent sans travail, disponibles pour travailler et à la recherche d'un emploi, sauf indication contraire. Cet indicateur présente le nombre de personnes au chômage depuis un an ou plus exprimé en pourcentage du chômage total.
    • février 2018
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • février 2018
      Source : Transparency International
      Téléchargé par : Pallavi S
      Accès le : 27 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at CORRUPTION PERCEPTIONS INDEX 2017 by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/news/feature/corruption_perceptions_index_2017 Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • février 2018
      Source : Numbeo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at NUMBEO Numbeo is the world’s largest database of user contributed data about cities and countries worldwide. Numbeo provides current and timely information on world living conditions including cost of living, housing indicators, health care, traffic, crime and pollution. For more information please check http://www.numbeo.com/cost-of-living/rankings_by_country.jsp   About dataset: These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • juin 2016
      Source : Insurance Information Bureau of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Cost of Treatment For Diseases Across Cities In India References:- https://iib.gov.in/IIB/homePageAction.do?method=loadHomePage1# https://iib.gov.in/IIB/healthpub/Health_Insurance_Non-Life_Commercial_Data_Analysis_Report_2013-14.pdf
    • novembre 2014
      Source : Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 décembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2015
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • avril 2018
      Source : The United States President's Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Operating unit-level results for 2016 and prior years represent aggregated totals. For 2015 and 2016, results are available at the subnational level. For 2014 results and prior, the data can only be viewed and explored in aggregate country or regional form. General patterns can be explored for all results, allowing the investigation of trends within and among different operating units. Some variation exists between indicator versions from PEPFAR during 2004-2010, 2011-2014, and 2015-2016. More detail regarding these differences can be found in the indicator reference documents and in reference materials attached to this dashboard.
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • juin 2018
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The World Bank's Country Policy and Institutional Assessment is done annually for all its borrowing countries. It has evolved into a set of criteria, which are grouped in four clusters: (a) economic management; (b) structural policies; (c) policies for social inclusion and equity; and (d) public sector management and institutions. The number of criteria, currently sixteen, reflect a balance between ensuring that all key factors that foster pro-poor growth and poverty alleviation are captured, without overly burdening the evaluation process. Ratings for each of the criteria reflect a variety of indicators, observations, and judgments. They focus on the quality of each country's current policies and institutions - which are the main determinant of present aid effectiveness prospects. To fully underscore the importance of the CPIA in the IDA Performance Based Allocations, the overall country score is referred to as the IDA Resource Allocation Index (IRAI)
    • avril 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • juin 2018
      Source : Reputation Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse score Excellent/Top Tier: 80+ Strong/Robust: 70-79 Avg./Moderate: 60-69 Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59 Poor/Lowest: <40
    • mars 2012
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • juin 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • décembre 2015
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      COFR presents data on fiscal transparency. It provides an overview of fiscal reporting, including whether fiscal data are available for all of the general government, whether the government reports a balance sheet, and whether spending and revenue are reported on a cash or accrual basis. It also derives specific indices of the coverage of public institutions, fiscal flows, and fiscal stocks.
    • avril 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three sub sectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete dis aggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • décembre 2017
      Source : ESPN Cricinfo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Cricket Player Statistics, 1971 - 2017 This dataset covers cricket players statistics on batting, bowling, fielding, all rounders across Test, ODI, T20 matches.
    • août 2018
      Source : Numbeo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      data cited at:(https://www.numbeo.com/crime/rankings.jsp?title=2018) Crime Index is an estimation of overall level of crime in a given city or a country. We consider crime levels lower than 20 as very low, crime levels between 20 and 40 as being low, crime levels between 40 and 60 as being moderate, crime levels between 60 and 80 as being high and finally crime levels higher than 80 as being very high. Safety index is, on the other way, quite opposite of crime index. If the city has a high safety index, it is considered very safe.
    • février 2013
      Source : RAND Corporation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • janvier 2015
      Source : Department of Agriculture Cooperation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 novembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GHG emissions data from the cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from organic soils under cropland (item: Cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: Grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by their aggregation. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • mai 2018
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
  • D
    • mars 2015
      Source : Bank of Canada
      Téléchargé par : Kirill Kosenkov
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Bank of Canada’s Credit Rating Assessment Group (CRAG) comprehensive database of sovereign defaults draws on previously published data sets compiled by various official and private sector sources. It combines elements of these, together with new information, to develop estimates of stocks of government obligations in default, including bonds and other marketable securities, bank loans, and official loans in default, valued in U.S. dollars, for the years 1975 to 2014 on both a country-by-country and a global basis. This update of CRAG’s database, and subsequent updates, will be useful to researchers analyzing the economic and financial effects of individual sovereign defaults and, importantly, the impact on global financial stability of episodes involving multiple sovereign defaults.
    • mars 2014
      Source : Center for Systemic Peace
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The following table lists 328 episodes of armed conflict (including 30 ongoing cases) that comprise a comprehensive accounting of all forms of major armed conflicts in the world over the contemporary period: 1946-2013
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      C'est un indicateur (de substitution) pour la disponibilité des soins de santé. Il représente le pourcentage de la population qui n'a pas accès aux soins de santé en raison de l'absence du personnel de santé. Le seuil pour avoir un personnel de santé suffisant est 41,1 travailleurs pour 10 000 habitants. Un chiffre plus élevé indique une disponibilité plus faible. Notez que cet indicateur reflète le côté de l'offre de la disponibilité, dans ce cas la disponibilité des ressources humaines est à un niveau qui garantit au moins un accès de base, mais universel. Pour estimer l'accès aux services de professionnels de la santé qualifiés (médecins, personnel infirmier et sages-femmes), il utilise comme indicateur la différence relative entre la densité de travailleurs de la santé dans un pays (pour 10 000 habitants) et la valeur médiane des pays avec un niveau de vulnérabilité faible (défini selon la structure de l'emploi et les niveaux de pauvreté).Pour déterminer si un pays dépense «assez» ou a «assez» d'agents de santé clés, il faut d'abord définir ce qui constitue «assez», à savoir fixer un seuil contre lequel la performance d'un pays peut être comparé. Les opinions divergent sur ce qui constitue «assez» dans ces contextes, notamment parce qu'elle est susceptible d'être une cible en mouvement, influencé par les problèmes de santé en vigueur, la démographie, etc. La méthode de BIT pour mesurer le déficit financier est de: (i) calculer la dépense médiane sur la santé (à l'exception de paiements directs) des pays à faible vulnérabilité, puis (ii) pour chaque pays, comparer les dépenses contre cette médiane. En 2014, la médiane des pays à faible vulnérabilité était de US$239. Par exemple, un pays dépensant 50% de moins que la médiane des pays à faible vulnérabilité a un déficit financier de 50%. Le même principe s'applique à l'indicateur de déficit d'accès du (au) personnel, pour lequel la médiane en 2014 des pays à faible vulnérabilité était 41,1. Il s’agit de l'un des cinq indicateurs mesurant les dimensions clés des déficits de l'accès aux soins de santé et de la couverture santé. Pour des fins d'analyse tous les indicateurs doivent être considérés dans leur ensemble.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      C'est un indicateur (de substitution) pour les droits à la sécurité sociale et à la santé. Il représente le pourcentage de la population sans couverture légale de santé. La couverture comprend les membres affiliés à l'assurance maladie ou l'estimation de la population ayant un accès gratuit aux services de soins de santé fournis par l'État. Un chiffre plus élevé indique un pourcentage plus élevé de la population sans couverture légale de santé. Il s’agit de l'un des cinq indicateurs mesurant les dimensions clés des déficits de l'accès aux soins de santé et de la couverture santé. Pour des fins d'analyse tous les indicateurs doivent être considérés dans leur ensemble.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      C'est un indicateur (de substitution) pour la qualité des soins de santé. Il représente le pourcentage de la population qui n'a pas accès aux soins de santé en raison du déficit de ressources financières. Le seuil pour avoir des ressources financières suffisantes est US$239 par personne et par année. Un chiffre plus élevé indique des niveaux plus faibles de couverture. Pour estimer la qualité des soins de santé, cet indicateur utilise comme indicateur de substitution la différence relative entre les dépenses de santé par habitant dans un pays et la valeur médiane des pays avec un niveau de vulnérabilité faible.Pour déterminer si un pays dépense «assez» ou a «assez» d'agents de santé clés , il faut d'abord définir ce qui constitue «assez», à savoir fixer un seuil contre lequel la performance d'un pays peut être comparé. Les opinions divergent sur ce qui constitue «assez» dans ces contextes, notamment parce qu'elle est susceptible d'être une cible en mouvement, influencé par les problèmes de santé en vigueur, la démographie, etc. La méthode de BIT pour mesurer le déficit financier est de: (i) calculer la dépense médiane sur la santé (à l'exception de paiements directs) des pays à faible vulnérabilité, puis (ii) pour chaque pays, comparer les dépenses contre cette médiane. En 2014, la médiane des pays à faible vulnérabilité était US$239. Par exemple, un pays dépensant 50% de moins que la médiane des pays à faible vulnérabilité a un déficit financier de 50%. Il s’agit de l'un des cinq indicateurs mesurant les dimensions clés des déficits de l'accès aux soins de santé et de la couverture santé. Pour des fins d'analyse tous les indicateurs doivent être considérés dans leur ensemble.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      C'est un indicateur (de substitution) pour la protection financière en cas de maladie. Il représente le montant payé directement aux fournisseurs de soins de santé en échange de biens et services de santé en pourcentage du total des dépenses de santé. Un chiffre plus élevé indique un pourcentage plus élevé des paiments directs. Il s’agit de l'un des cinq indicateurs mesurant les dimensions clés des déficits de l'accès aux soins de santé et de la couverture santé. Pour des fins d'analyse tous les indicateurs doivent être considérés dans leur ensemble.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • novembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are collected directly from countries using the FAO questionnaire, which was developed by the International Monetary Fund, as the IMF collects global data on government expenditures and is the international organization responsible for developing guidelines on the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) . The FAO Questionnaire is also of interest to the questionnaire. The FAO dataset consists of a time series, from 2000 onwards, of government expenditures in: (1) Total; (2) Economic affairs; (3) Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting, along with its three disaggregated subsectors of Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing; and 4) Environmental Protection. In addition, The purpose of the financial statements is to provide a more detailed description of the accounts and the future of the financial statements. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world.
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • avril 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • avril 2018
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Financing Global Health 2016 is the eighth edition of IHME’s annual series on global health spending and health financing. In addition to describing the trends in development assistance for health (DAH), this year’s report features an expanded discussion of domestic spending across low-, middle-, and high-income countries to describe the context in which DAH operates, identify health financing gaps, and support the pursuit of universal health coverage. Also new in Financing Global Health this year are detailed data for the funding of specific program areas within DAH for malaria and more thorough analysis of DAH for health system strengthening. This adds to the existing detailed tracking of DAH by program area for HIV/AIDS, maternal, newborn, and child health, and non-communicable diseases (NCDs). The coverage of domestic health spending builds on data and analyses presented in two papers published this year: “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Evolution and patterns of global health financing 1995–2014: development assistance for health, and government, prepaid private, and out-of-pocket health spending in 184 countries,” and “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Future and potential spending on health 2015–2040 by government, prepaid private, out-of-pocket, and donor financing for 184 countries.” Both analyses were published in The Lancet in April 2017. More information about these data and methods are found in the online methods annex.
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Notes: 1. Korea’s actual number of hosts may be underestimated as the ISC survey methodology relies on ARPA zone information which is not reported by Korean network Tables used in this dataset are: 1. Table 2.55. Internet hosts by domain, 1998-2014 2. Table 2.56. Web servers by domain, 2000-14 3. Table 2.50. Domain name registrations under top level domains, 2000-2014
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: 1. The IPv6 user ratio record the percentage of users within each country who are capable of using IPv6. The value is derived from an experimental process that involves testing a randomly selected set of end users on a daily basis. The country codes reflect the location of the recipient of the address allocation and not necessarily that of the location of deployment of the addresses. 2. The data point is end of Ocotber for 2014. 3. Average of daily numbers collected throughout September and October 2014.   Tables that are included to this dataset. Table 2.44. Routed autonomous systems by country, 1997-2014 Table 2.45. IPv6 cumulative allocations by RIR Table 2.46. IPv6 allocations by RIR, yearly basis Table 2.47. IPv4 and IPv6 enabled autonomous systems per country, 2014 Table 2.48. IPv6 user penetration rates Table 2.49. Percentage of Content (Web page) available over IPv6 Table 2.51. Cumulative total of IPv4 address allocations by country, 1997-2014 Table 2.52. Routed IPv4 addresses by country, 1997-2014 Table 2.53. Routed autonomous systems by country and type, 2014 Table 2.54. Average routed IPv4 addresses per AS by country, 1997-2014
    • décembre 2013
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Luxembourg is included in Belgium prior to 1999. Trade data for China are estimates corrected for re-exports/re-imports from Hong Kong SAR of China. Tables included to this dataset. Table 2.35. Total staff in telecommunications services Table 2.36. Communication equipment exports, USD millions Table 2.37. Communication equipment imports, USD millions a.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : The Fletcher School,Tufts University
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The DEI 2017 is a data-driven holistic evaluation of the progress of the digital economy across 60 countries, combining more than 100 different indicators across four key drivers: Supply Conditions, Demand Conditions, Institutional Environment, and Innovation and Change. The resulting framework captures both the state and rate of digital evolution and identifies implications for investment, innovation, and policy priorities. DEI 2017 also highlights the evolving nature of the risks being created by our continuing reliance on digital technology. Towards this end, the study covers a key question of “digital trust.“ The DEI 2017 incorporates a newly devised analysis of digital trust that takes into account the trustworthiness of the digital environment for each country; the quality of users’ experience; attitudes towards key institutions and organizations; and users’ behavior when they interact with the digital world. This subject is of great interest to all participants in the digital economy, given the concerns about security of essential information, cyber-attacks, and consumers’ apprehensions—about the digital systems and their reliability, the digital companies and their growing dominance, and about the leaders of digital companies. The DEI framework segments the 60 countries into Stand Outs, Stall Outs, Break Outs and Watch Outs. Three countries are notable as standouts even within the Stand Out segment: Singapore, New Zealand, and the UAE. Each has a unique policy-led digital strategy and a narrative that may be considered by other nations as worthy of emulation or adoption. The Nordic countries and Switzerland are at the top of the DEI 2017 rankings. China, once again, tops the list of countries in terms of the pace of change in its digital evolution, or momentum.
    • mai 2007
      Source : International Telecommunication Union
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mai, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. Department of Commerce
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct Investment Abroad: Reinvestment of Earnings Without Current Cost Adjustment, United States
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. Department of Commerce
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis:  Country Detail by Industry, United States
    • février 2015
      Source : Census India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 avril, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A disabled person who did not at all work during the reference period was treated as non-worker. The non-workers broadly constitute Students who did not participate in any economic activity paid or unpaid, household duties who were attending to daily household chores like cooking, cleaning utensils, looking after children, fetching water etc. and are not even helping in the unpaid work in the family form or cultivation or milching, dependant such as infants or very elderly people not included in the category of worker, pensioners those who are drawing pension after retirement and are not engaged in any economic activity. Beggars, vagrants, prostitutes and persons having unidentified source of income and with unspecified sources of subsistence and not engaged in any economically productive work during the reference period. Others, this category includes all Non-workers who may not come under the above categories such as rentiers, persons living on remittances, agricultural or non-agricultural royalty, convicts in jails or inmates of penal, mental or charitable institutions doing no paid or unpaid work and persons who are seeking/available for work   Note: Data cited at https://data.gov.in/catalog/disabled-non-workers-type-disability-and-sex-india-and-states
    • mars 2012
      Source : District Information System for Education, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: FY2008 is referred as 2008. 2010 & 2011 data is provisional
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the different transactions and balances to get from the GDP to the net lending/net borrowing. Therefore, it includes, in particular, national disposable income (gross and net), consumption of fixed capital as well as net saving.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La main-d'oeuvre comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui fournissent, durant une période de référence spécifiée, la main-d'oeuvre disponible pour la production de biens et services. Elle correspond à la somme des personnes ayant un emploi et celles qui sont au chômage. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par durée du chômage.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • juin 2018
      Source : India Meteorological Department
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2012
      Source : Census India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 novembre, 2012
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset covers both Decennial Population by Census and  Population across various districts in India
    • septembre 2012
      Source : Americans for Divorce Reform
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Divorce Indicators across countries
    • mars 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1. ccTLDs stands for country code Top Level Domains. 2. gTLDs - stands for generic top-level domains.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI), Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Sources: 1. Energy Statistics 2014, Central Statistics Office 2. Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FSE database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies. These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual. More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.
    • décembre 2008
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Peter Speyer
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
  • E
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset covers the following chapters: Mean nominal monthly earning of employees Mean nominal hourly labor cost per employee
    • juillet 2013
      Source : Earth Policy Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 juillet, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • février 2015
      Source : U.S. Geological Survey
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2010
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • octobre 2017
      Source : Fraser Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • mai 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 25 May 2018. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • mai 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mai, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Long Term Baseline analyzes the major economic trends beyond the OECD short-term projections. For all OECD economies, and the major non-OECD economies, it provides coverage of components of potential growth, fiscal balances and debt accumulation, domestic saving and investment balances, and external balances (through the current account). It also includes interest rates consistent with those projections. The database contains annual data to 2060. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Annual National Accounts, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and Eurostat.
    • novembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2012
      Source : Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mai, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Edelman
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012. With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies. To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 novembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Countries report expenditures by public institutions, government-dependent private institutions, and independent private institutions. These expenditure figures are intended to represent the total cost of services provided by each type of institution, without regard to sources of funds (whether they are public or private). Expenditure is classified into current and capital expenditure. Current expenditure is then broken down, into expenditure on compensation of personnel, and expenditure on other (non-personnel) resources.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : United Nations Development Programme
      Téléchargé par : Misha Gusev
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Calculated using Mean Years of Schooling and Expected Years of Schooling.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • juin 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Pallavi S
      Accès le : 09 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • février 2018
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      EIA's Annual Energy Outlook provides modeled projections of domestic energy markets through 2050, and it includes cases with different assumptions regarding macroeconomic growth, world oil prices, technological progress, and energy policies. Strong domestic production coupled with relatively flat energy demand allow the United States to become a net energy exporter over the projection period in most cases. In the Reference case, natural gas consumption grows the most on an absolute basis, and non-hydroelectric renewables grow the most on a percentage basis.The AEO is developed using the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS), an integrated model that captures interactions of economic changes and energy supply, demand, and prices.Energy market projections are subject to much uncertainty, as many of the events that shape energy markets and future developments in technologies, demographics, and resources cannot be foreseen with certainty.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of savanna consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced from the burning of vegetation biomass in the following five land cover types: Savanna, Woody Savanna, Open Shrublands, Closed Shrublands, and Grasslands. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (savanna, woody savanna, closed shrubland, open shrubland, grassland) and by aggregates (all categories, savanna and woody savanna, closed and open shrubland). Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Agriculture Total contains all the emissions produced in the different agricultural emissions sub-domains (enteric fermentation, manure management, rice cultivation, synthetic fertilizers, manure applied to soils, manure left on pastures, crop residues, cultivation of organic soils, burning of crop residues, burning of savanna, energy use), providing a picture of the contribution to the total amount of GHG emissions from agriculture. GHG emissions from agriculture consist of non-CO2 gases, namely methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), produced by crop and livestock production and management activities. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg CO2 and CO2eq (from CH4 and N2O), by underlying agricultural emission sub-domain and by aggregate (agriculture total, agriculture total plus energy, agricultural soils).
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GHG emissions from manure applied to soils consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) added to agricultural soils by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the application site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market) and turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (N content in manure) are also provided.
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GHG emissions from manure left on pastures consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) left on pastures by grazing livestock. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as direct, indirect and total Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding, market), turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and N content in manure are also provided.
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from synthetic fertilizers consist of nitrous oxide gas from synthetic nitrogen additions to managed soils. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the addition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (consumption) are also provided.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of biomass consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from biomass combustion of forest land cover classes ‘Humid and Tropical Forest’ and ‘Other Forests’, and of methane, nitrous oxide, and carbon dioxide gases from combustion of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (humid tropical forest, other forest, organic soils) and by aggregate (burning - all categories). Implied emission factors for N2O, CH4 and CO2 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from cropland are currently limited to emissions from cropland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under cropland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol5.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • février 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual net CO2 emission/removal from Forest Land consist of net carbon stock gain/loss in the living biomass pool (aboveground and belowground biomass) associated with Forest and Net Forest Conversion. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html) and using area and carbon stocks data compiled by countries in the FAO Global Forest Resource Assessments (http://www.fao.org/forestry/fra/en/). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net stock change Gg C, net emissions/removals Gg CO2 and CO2eq, by forest or net forest conversion and by aggregate (forest land). Implied emission factor for CO2 as well as activity data (area, net area difference, total forest area and carbon stock in living biomass) are also given.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from grassland are currently limited to emissions from grassland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under grassland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol6.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Land Use Total contains all GHG emissions and removals produced in the different Land Use sub-domains, representing the three IPCC Land Use categories: cropland, forest land, and grassland, collectively called emissions/removals from the Forestry and Other Land Use (FOLU) sector. FOLU emissions consist of CO2 (carbon dioxide), CH4 (methane) and N2O (nitrous oxide) associated with land management activities. CO2 emissions/removals are derived from estimated net carbon stock changes in above and below-ground biomass pools of forest land, including forest land converted to other land uses. CH4 and N2O, and additional CO2 emissions are estimated for fires and drainage of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided as by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, net emissions/removals as GG CO2 and Gg CO2eq, by underlying land use emission sub-domain and by aggregate (land use total).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Cet indicateur transmet la proportion de l'emploi dans les activités manufacturières (ou activités de fabrication). l'emploi dans la manufacture se définit selon la Classification internationale type, par industrie, de toutes les branches d'activité économique (CITI). l'emploi comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, étaient en emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), ou en emploi indépendant (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Cet indicateur est calculé à partir de données sur l'emploi par sexe et activité économique. Pour plus d'informations, veuillez vous référer au Repositoire de Métadonnées sur les Indicateurs des ODD ou à la description de l'indicateur sur ILOSTAT.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail).
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation avec référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité achevé.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par heures réellement effectuées par semaine, en fonction du nombre moyen d'heures de travail par semaine et reflètant le nombre total d'heures travaillées dans tous les emplois des personnes pourvues d'un emploi et dans tous les types d'arrangements du temps de travail (par exemple, à temps plein et temps partiel). Les heures réellement effectuées incluent : a) Les «heures directement consacrées» à une activité productive représentent le temps consacré aux tâches et fonctions d'un emploi ; b) Les «heures indirectement consacrées» à une activité productive représentent le temps passé à entretenir, faciliter ou développer les activités productives ; c) Les «temps morts», c'est-à dire les périodes au cours desquelles la personne dans son emploi ne peut pas travailler en raison, par exemple, d'un incident technique ou d'une interruption des activités, d'un accident, d'un manque de fournitures, d'une panne d'électricité ou d'un défaut d'accès à l'Internet et d) Les «périodes de repos» sont de courtes pauses pour se détendre, prendre une collation ou prier, qui sont généralement conformes à la coutume ou au contrat, selon les normes établies ou les conditions nationales. Les heures réellement effectuées excluent le temps non travaillé tel que: a) les congés annuels, les jours fériés, les congés de maladie, les congés de maternité ou de paternité, les autres absences pour raisons personnelles ou familiales ou de devoir civique ; b) la durée des trajets entre le lieu de travail et le domicile, lorsqu'aucune activité productive n'est réalisée pour l'emploi; et dans le cas d'un emploi salarié, même si ces heures sont rémunérées par l'employeur; c) le temps consacré à des activités de formation, et dans le cas d'un emploi salarié, même si cette activité est autorisée, payée ou organisée par l'employeur; d) les pauses plus longues qui se distinguent des courtes périodes de repos pendant lesquelles aucune activité productive n'est réalisée (par exemple, les pauses pour les repas ou les périodes naturelles de repos au cours des déplacements de longue durée); et dans le cas d'un emploi salarié, même lorsqu'elles sont rémunérées par l'employeur.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par profession utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponible chaque année. L'information sur la profession fait référence à l'ensemble des tâches et obligations effectuées par une personne ou pouvant lui être affectées.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par le statut de scolarisation, étudiant ou non étudiant.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). La couverture géographique implique une ventilation par zones rurales et urbaines. La distinction entre ces zones géographiques se fait conformément aux définitions nationales.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les séries harmonisées pour l'emploi informel et le secteur informel sont dérivées en utilisant le même ensemble de critères à travers les pays pour améliorer la comparabilité. Les critères utilisés sont basés sur le statut d'emploi, le secteur institutionnel, la destination de la production, la comptabilité, l'enregistrement, la cotisation de sécurité sociale, les lieux de travail et la taille. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de l'indicateur.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les séries harmonisées pour l'emploi informel et le secteur informel sont dérivées en utilisant le même ensemble de critères à travers les pays pour améliorer la comparabilité. Les critères utilisés sont basés sur le statut d'emploi, le secteur institutionnel, la destination de la production, la comptabilité, l'enregistrement, la cotisation de sécurité sociale, les lieux de travail et la taille. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de l'indicateur.
    • mars 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique et par profession, utilisant les versions plus récentes de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) et la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponibles chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. L'information sur la profession fait référence à l'ensemble des tâches et obligations effectuées par une personne ou pouvant lui être affectées.
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année pour les catégories au niveau à 2 chiffres de la classification. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année pour une sélection de catégories au niveau à 2 chiffres de la classification. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail).
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par profession utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponible chaque année, pour une sélection de catégories au niveau à 2 chiffres de la classification. L'information sur la profession fait référence à l'ensemble des tâches et obligations effectuées par une personne ou pouvant lui être affectées.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par profession utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponible chaque année. L'information sur la profession fait référence à l'ensemble des tâches et obligations effectuées par une personne ou pouvant lui être affectées.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par secteur institutionnel, ce qui implique une distinction entre le secteur privé et le secteur public de l'emploi. L'emploi du secteur public comprend l'emploi dans le secteur gouvernemental ainsi que l'emploi dans des entreprises et sociétés résidentes de propriété publique, opérant au niveau local, régional ou central du gouvernement. Il couvre toutes les personnes employées directement par ces établissements, quel que soit le type de contrat de travail en question. L'emploi du secteur privé comprend l'emploi dans toutes les entités résidentes exploitées par des entreprises privées, c'est à dire qu'il exclut les entreprises contrôlées ou gérées par le secteur gouvernemental.
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). La couverture géographique implique une ventilation par zones rurales et urbaines. La distinction entre ces zones géographiques se fait conformément aux définitions nationales.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs. Les données sont également présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs. Les données sont également présentées par profession utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponible chaque année. L'information sur la profession fait référence à l'ensemble des tâches et obligations effectuées par une personne ou pouvant lui être affectées.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      L’emploi total dans le secteur public s’entend de tous les emplois du secteur des administrations publiques tel qu’il est défini dans le Système de comptabilité nationale 1993 plus les emplois des sociétés et entreprises publiques, résidentes et exerçant leurs activités aux niveaux central, d’Etats fédérés (ou des régions) et local. Il couvre donc toutes les personnes employées dans le secteur public, quel que soit leur statut ou leur type de contrat. Pour plus d'informations, voir le document (en anglais seulement): Statistics on Public Sector Employment: Methodology, Structures and Trends.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Employees by sex and economic activity (thousands)
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • juillet 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2012
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI), Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 décembre, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source: Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas. Note: Annual changes and shares of total are calculated using million tonnes per annum figures.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI), Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2018
      Source : Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by age and sex.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains the number of students enrolled in different education programmes by type of institution and sex.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents the number of students enrolled in different education programmes by country of origin and sex.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Enrollment rate per age is the percentage of students enrolled in each type of institution over the total of students.
    • juillet 2018
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1: Most surveys were administered using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology as outlined in the Methodology page, while some others did not strictly adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For example, for surveys which do not follow the Global Methodology, the Universe under consideration may have consisted of only manufacturing firms or the questionnaire used may have been different from the standard global questionnaire. Data users should exercise caution when comparing raw data and point estimates between surveys that did and did not adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For surveys which did not adhere to the Global Methodology plus Afghanistan 2008, any inference from one of these surveys is representative only for the data sample itself. 2: Regional and "all countries" averages of indicators are computed by taking a simple average of country-level point estimates. For each economy, only the latest available year of survey data is used in this computation. Only surveys, posted during the years 2009-2017, and adhering to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology are used to compute these regional and "all countries" averages. 3: Descriptions of firm subgroup levels, e.g. how the ex post groupings are constructed, are provided in the Indicator Descriptions (PDF, 710KB) document. 4: Statistics derived from less than or equal to five firms are displayed with an "n.a." to maintain confidentiality and should be distinguished from ".." which indicates missing values. Also note for three growth-related indicators under the "Performance" topic, these indicators are not computed when they are derived from less than 30 firms. 5: Standard errors are labeled "n.c.", meaning not computed, for the following:    1) indicators for all surveys that were not conducted using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology and    2) for indicator breakdowns by ex post groupings: exporter or ownership type, and gender of the top manager.
    • novembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Environmental Performance Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Environmental Policy Stringency Index (EPS) is a country-specific and internationally-comparable measure of the stringency of environmental policy. Stringency is defined as the degree to which environmental policies put an explicit or implicit price on polluting or environmentally harmful behaviour. The index ranges from 0 (not stringent) to 6 (highest degree of stringency). The index covers 28 OECD and 6 BRIICS countries for the period 1990-2012. The index is based on the degree of stringency of 14 environmental policy instruments, primarily related to climate and air pollution.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      EAMFP growth measures the residual growth in the joint production of both the desirable and the undesirable outputs that cannot be explained by changes in the consumption of factor inputs (including labour, produced capital and natural capital). Therefore, for a given growth of input use, EAMFP increases when GDP increases or when pollution decreases. As part of the growth accounting framework underlying the EAMFP indicator, the growth contribution of natural capital and growth adjustment for pollution abatement indicators are derived: Growth contribution of natural capital - measures to what extent a country's growth in output is attributable to natural resource use; Growth adjustment for pollution abatement - measures to what extent a country's GDP growth should be corrected for pollution abatement efforts - adding what has been undervalued due to resources being diverted to pollution abatement, or deducing the ‘excess' growth which is generated at the expense of environmental quality.
    • août 2011
      Source : Multiple Sources
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A compilation of monthly closing stock indices for major stock exchanges across the World. This dataset is updated on a monthly basis.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • janvier 2010
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • mai 2012
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 novembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Scoreboard has been prepared from companies' annual reports and accounts received by an independent data provider.
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Multiple Sources
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 septembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • octobre 2015
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Recent exchange rate movements have been unusually large, triggering a debate regarding their likely effects on trade. Historical experience in advanced and emerging market and developing economies suggests that exchange rate movements typically have sizable effects on export and import volumes. A 10 percent real effective depreciation in an economy’s currency is associated with a rise in real net exports of, on average, 1.5 percent of GDP, with substantial cross-country variation around this average. Although these effects fully materialize over a number of years, much of the adjustment occurs in the first year. The boost to exports associated with currency depreciation is found to be largest in countries with initial economic slack and with domestic financial systems that are operating normally. Some evidence suggests that the rise of global value chains has weakened the relationship between exchange rates and trade in intermediate products used as inputs into other economies’ exports. However, the bulk of global trade still consists of conventional trade, and there is little evidence of a general trend toward disconnect between exchange rates and total exports and imports.
    • octobre 2017
      Source : InterNations
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Expat Insider is one of the largest surveys worldwide offered an in-depth analysis of expat life across the globe. Survey is done on more than 12,500 respondents representing 166 nationalities and living in 188 countries or territories, respondents provided unique insights into what it means to be an expat in 2017. The ranking of 65 destinations is based on how these countries were rated by their expat residents. For these ratings, the survey considered or looked at more than 40 individual factors that influence an expat’s experience of living in a foreign country, from family life to finances. The picture that emerges is an interesting one, with some of the results differing noticeably from other country rankings.
    • septembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Pallavi S
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Countries report expenditures by sources of funds: Governement (central, regional, local); International agencies and other foreign sources; Households and Other private entities (including firms and religious institutions and other non-profit organisations). Three types of financial transactions can be distinguished: -direct expenditure/payments on educational institutions -Intergovernmental transfers for education -Transfers to students or households and to other private entities.
    • mars 2017
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI), Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source: Ministry of Law and Justice. (1) The expenditure also includes the Govt. of India's share paid to the respective State Govt. by Govt. of India in connection with the election to the 14th Lok Sabha. The figures of '2004' also includes expenditure incurred on State/UT Legislative Assemblies elections which held with '2004' Lok Sabha elections. (2) Figures relates to demand received from State/Uts for conducting of general election 2009 of Lok Sabha. (3) Values of 2016 are Provisional Release. (4) Release for the year 2016-17 is upto 17th September, 2016
    • juillet 2012
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source : United States Department of Agriculture; International Monetary Fund; UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs; Food and Agriculture Organization, The World Bank
    • octobre 2017
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Percent of household final consumption expenditures spent on food, alcoholic beverages, and tobacco that were consumed at home, 2009-2016. The data are computed by Birgit Meade (202-694-5159), ERS/USDA, EUROMONITOR data, June 2015.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents annual statistics on international trade in services of individual economies by trading partner and by 78 selected service categories. In addition, the table contains data for services trade of various groups of economies with "world" and for selected principal service categories. The data presented are the result of the common work of UNCTAD, World Trade Organization (WTO) and International Trade Center (ITC)
    • mars 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Air pollution is considered one of the most pressing environmental and health issues across OECD countries and beyond. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5) has potentially the most significant adverse effects on health compared to other pollutants. PM2.5 can be inhaled and cause serious health problems including both respiratory and cardiovascular disease, having its most severe effects on children and elderly people. Exposure to PM2.5 has been shown to considerably increase the risk of heart disease and stroke in particular. For these reasons, population exposure to (outdoor or ambient) PM2.5 has been identified as an OECD Green Growth headline indicator. The underlying PM2.5 concentrations estimates are taken from van Donkelaar et al. (2016). They have been derived using satellite observations and a chemical transport model, calibrated to global ground-based measurements using Geographically Weighted Regression at 0.01° resolution. The underlying population data, Gridded Population of the World, version 4 (GPWv4) are taken from the Socioeconomic Data and Applications Center (SEDAC) at the NASA. The underlying boundary geometries are taken from the Global Administrative Unit Layers (GAUL) developed by the FAO, and the OECD Territorial Classification, when available. The current version of the database presents much more variation with respect to the previous one. The reason is that the underlying concentration estimates previously included smoothed multi-year averages and interpolations; while in the current version annual concentration estimates are used. Establishing trends of pollution exposure should be done with care, especially at smaller output areas, as their inputs (e.g. underlying data and models) can change from year to year. We recommend using a 3-year moving average for visualisation.
    • septembre 2013
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 octobre, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents information on the external long-term indebtedness of developing economies (as debtors), expressed in millions of dollars, expressed as percentage of total long-term debt, as percentage of debt source and as percentage of region. The table also provides breakdown of public and publicly guaranteed debt by source of lending (as creditors).
    • septembre 2005
      Source : National Institute of Statistics, Guinea Bissau
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 juin, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      External Trade of Guinea-Bissau, 2006
    • août 2018
      Source : Ministry of Finance, R.O.C. (Taiwan)
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
  • F
    • juin 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OECD Factbook provides a global overview of today's major economic, social and environmental indicators which cover a wide range of areas: agriculture, economic production, education, energy, environment, foreign aid, health, industry, information and communications, international trade, labor force, population, taxation, public expenditure and R&D. More countries than ever are covered in greater detail, enabling direct comparisons for many indicators between OECD Members and Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation and South Africa.
    • août 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      In view of the strong demand for cross-national indicators on the situation of families and children, the OECD Family Database was developed to provide cross-national indicators on family outcomes and family policies across the OECD countries, its enhanced engagement partners and EU member states. The database brings together information from various national and international databases, both from within the OECD and from external organisations. The database classifies indicators into four main dimensions: (i) structure of families, (ii) labour market position of families, (iii) public policies for families and children and (iv) child outcomes. Detailed information on the definitions, sources and methods used in the construction of the database can be found on the OECD Family Database webpage.
    • mai 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset includes data on gross and net production indices for various food and agriculture aggregates expressed in both totals and per capita.
    • octobre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 octobre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the programme is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • octobre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Data represent values for time periods (1999-2001,2000-02,2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period 2001, 2002,2007
    • juin 2012
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2012
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset represents Food Consumption, Food Production and Trade by various Food items. Note: data represent values for time periods (1990-1992, 1995-97, 2000-02, 2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period (1992, 1997, 2002, 2007).
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Price domain of FAOSTAT contains data on prices received by farmers (called Producer prices) for primary crops, live animals, livestock primary products as collected at the point of initial sale (prices paid at the farm-gate). Data are provided for over 160 countries and for some 200 commodities. The Price domain provides price data in three units: i) Local Currency Units (LCU) ii) Standard Local Currency (SLC) iii) US Dollars.
    • mai 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Value of gross production has been compiled by multiplying gross production in physical terms by output prices at farm gate. Thus, value of production measures production in monetary terms at the farm gate level. Since intermediate uses within the agricultural sector (seed and feed) have not been subtracted from production data, this value of production aggregate refers to the notion of "gross production". Value of gross production is provided in both current and constant terms and is expressed in US dollars and Standard Local Currency (SLC). The current value of production measures value in the prices relating to the period being measured. Thus, it represents the market value of food and agricultural products at the time they were produced. Knowing this figure is helpful in understanding exactly what was happening within a given economy at that point in time. Often, this information can help explain economic trends that emerged in later periods and why they took place. Value of production in constant terms is derived using the average prices of a selected year or years, known as the base period. Constant price series can be used to show how the quantity or volume of products has changed, and are often referred to as volume measures. The ratio of the current and constant price series gives a measure of price movements. US dollar figures for value of gross production are converted from local currencies using official exchange rates as prevailing in the respective years. The SLC of a country is the local currency prevailing in the latest year. Expressing data series in one uniform currency is useful because it avoids the influence of revaluation in local currency, if any, on value of production
    • avril 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Producer Price Indices - AnnualIndices of agricultural producer prices measure the average annual change over time in the selling prices received by farmers (prices at the farm-gate or at the first point of sale). Annual data are provided for over 80 countries. The three categories of producer price indices available in FAOSTAT comprise: Single-item price indices, Commodity group indices and the Agriculture producer price index.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Fertilizers by Product dataset contains information on product amounts for the Production, Trade, Agriculture Use and Other Uses of chemical and mineral fertilizers products, over the time series 2002-present. The fertilizer statistics data are validated separately for a set of over thirty individual products. Both straight and compound fertilizers are included.
    • octobre 2011
      Source : Food and Agricultural Policy Research Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 décembre, 2012
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      FAPRI U.S. and World Outlook presents multi-year projections for the United States and world agricultural sectors. These projections serve as a baseline for evaluating and comparing alternative macroeconomic, policy, weather, and technological scenarios. These reports have been produced annually and used by congressional and agricultural leaders since 1985.
    • avril 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise. The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise. The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • février 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      FDI data are based on statistics provided by 35 OECD member countries and by Lithuania. BMD4: OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment - 4th Edition
    • juin 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Pallavi S
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source: OECD International direct investment database, IMF Reference:Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 3rd edition   Foreign direct investment reflects the objective of obtaining a lasting interest by a resident entity in one economy (‘‘direct investor'') in anentity resident in an economy other than that of the investor (‘‘direct investment enterprise''). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. Direct investment involves both the initial transaction between the two entities and all subsequent capital transactions between them and among affiliated enterprises, both incorporated and unincorporated.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La main-d'oeuvre comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui fournissent, durant une période de référence spécifiée, la main-d'oeuvre disponible pour la production de biens et services. Elle correspond à la somme des personnes ayant un emploi et celles qui sont au chômage. La population en âge de travailler est définie comme les personnes âgées de 15 ans et plus. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • août 2013
      Source : International Fertilizer Industry Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Assessment of Fertilizer Use by Crop at the Global Level 2011. Fully understanding the contribution of the different crop types to fertilizer use at national, regional and global levels is a prerequisite to the development of sound fertilizer demand forecasts. IFA gathers information on fertilizer use by crop in the main fertilizer-consuming countries. IFA's Assessment currently covers 23 countries (considering the EU-27 as a single country), which account together for more than 90% of world fertilizer consumption, making it possible to analyze fertilizer use by crop type at the global level.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset contains data on Import and Export Value (expressed in 1000 USD) for a selected list of fertilizers, from 1961 on wards. Country and country aggregate data are available. The fertilizers covered are: Nitrogenous fertilizers; Phosphate fertilizers; Potash fertilizers; Fertilizers Manufactured, nes; Fertilizers, Organic; Natural Phosphates; Natural Potassic Salts; Natural Sodium Nitrate.
    • juin 2018
      Source : International Federation of Association Football
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Monthly updates of FIFA World Football Men's Ranking 
    • octobre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the final consumption expenditure of households broken down by the COICOP (Classification of Individual Consumption According to Purpose) classification and by durability.  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Financial Soundness Indicators (FSIs) were developed by the IMF, together with the international community, with aim of supporting analysis and assessing strengths and vulnerabilities of financial systems. The Statistics Department of the IMF, disseminates data and metadata on selected FSIs provided by participating countries. For a description of the various FSIs, as well as the consolidation basis, consolidation adjustments, and accounting rules followed, please refer to the concepts and definitions document in the document tab. Reporting countries compile FSI data using different methodologies, which may also vary for different points in time for the same country. Users are advised to consult the accompanying metadata to conduct more meaning cross-country comparisons or to assess the evolution of a given FSI for any of the countries.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Reporting entities dataset provides information on the structure, size, and coverage of the financial institutions that are used for compiling financial soundness indicators. It provides a better understanding of the structure of the reporting entities in terms of the type of institution, number of entities, size of assets, and type of control. Reporting entities are domestically incorporated entities but are divided into two: domestically controlled and foreign controlled. The concepts of residency criterion and control are determined based on FSI Guide methodology which is in line with international best practices such as Systems of National Accounts. Data on reporting entities cover the branches, subsidiaries and the value of asset for both domestically and foreign controlled entities resident in the reporting country together their resident and non-resident subsidiaries.
    • août 2018
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.Â
    • juin 2018
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The statistics present information about total consumption of energy, electricity production and total consumption and imports and exports of energy.
    • février 2018
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Employment statistics are annual statistics providing data by region on the population’s economic activity and employment.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      These statistics on the structure of the population describe Finnish and foreign citizens permanently resident in Finland at the turn of the year.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The statistics on balance of payments describes the external balance of the national economy from the perspectives of both real and financial economy.
    • novembre 2017
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct investments to Finland describe the capital that a foreign investor has invested directly in a unit located in Finland under the investors' control or influence.   Inward Flow: FDI is coming in to Finland from other countries. Outward Flow: FDI is going out from Finland to other countries.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The statistics on international trade in goods and services cover international trade in balance of payments terms on the quarterly level. The statistics form a link for goods trade in customs and balance of payments terms, describe the breakdown of quarterly trade in services, and indicate the total exports of goods and services by area.
    • octobre 2017
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. Department of Commerce
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      First Year Expenditures and Planned Total Expenditures for Investments Initiated in 2016, Country of UBO by Type of Investment
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset Fisheries International collaboration in technology development (bilateral) provides the number of co-inventions (simple patent families) developed jointly by at least two inventors. This indicator is disaggregated by: Country - country of residence of the inventor(s), integral counted; in cases when inventors from more than two countries collaborate, this is translated into distinct bilateral relationships between country pairs. For example, if inventors from 3 countries collaborate (e.g. USA, DEU, JPN) then a unit count is assigned to 6 country pairs (USA-DEU, USA-JPN, DEU-JPN, DEU-USA, JPN-USA, JPN-DEU); in this case a country generally coordinate the project and the others are partners. Partner – country of residence of the inventor(s) who collaborate to the patent. Technology domain – the three main areas of innovation in fisheries and aquaculture, related to technology development. In detail: 1. Harvesting technology such as more effective ways to find or harvest fish and which are typically associated with improvements in catch per unit of effort (e.g. type/size of vessels and their methods of propulsion, search technologies, method of catching or harvesting fish and bringing them on board); 2.Aquaculture technology such as methods to more effectively grow fish in captivity (innovation in feeds, improving the health of aquaculture animals, etc.); 3. New products and markets such as the development of new fish products and markets (food technologies/processing such as the development of surimi as a crabmeat substitute) and the improvement of market access (secure or enlarge markets for fish products) that provides important incentives for green growth (e.g. eco-certification with fishers adopting by-catch saving technologies or modifying fishing practices and/or territorial user rights in fisheries).
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • février 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mars, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • février 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies. The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below. The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • février 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le flux sortant de ressortissants nationaux pour l'emploi fait référence au nombre de citoyens légaux d'un pays donné qui ont changé leur pays de résidence habituelle pour un pays autre que celui-là pendant la période de référence pour des raisons liées à l'emploi. Les données se présentent par sexe et pays d'accueil. Le pays d'accueil est le pays qui représente la destination des flux migratoires en question.
    • février 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le flux entrant de migrants fait référence au nombre d'immigrants qui ont changé leur pays de résidence habituelle pendant la période de référence. Le pays de résidence habituelle d'une personne est le pays dans lequel la personne a un endroit où elle passe normalement son temps quotidien de repos. Les voyages temporaires à l'étranger pour loisirs, vacances, affaires, traitement médical ou pélerinage religieux n'impliquent pas de changement dans le pays de résidence habituelle. Les données se présentent par sexe et pays d'origine. Le pays d'origine d'une personne est le pays duquel la personne provient, c'est-à-dire, le pays de sa citoyenneté (ou le pays de résidence habituelle dans le cas des apatrides).
    • février 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le flux sortant de ressortissants nationaux fait référence au nombre de citoyens légaux d'un pays donné qui ont changé leur pays de résidence habituelle pour un pays autre que celui-là pendant la période de référence. Le pays de résidence habituelle d'une personne est le pays dans lequel la personne a un endroit où elle passe normalement son temps quotidien de repos. Les voyages temporaires à l'étranger pour loisirs, vacances, affaires, traitement médical ou pélerinage religieux n'impliquent pas de changement dans le pays de résidence habituelle. Les données se présentent par sexe et pays d'accueil. Le pays d'accueil est le pays qui représente la destination des flux migratoires en question.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : United Nations World Food Programme
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      IRMA is computed on one representative ton of the food aid basket the user has selected. The "representativity" of the ton comes from the fact that the shares of the commodities are the same as those in the total selected food basket. Therefore it can be used for comparisons among food aid baskets of different size and in understanding how much of their difference in nutritional content is due to the absolute value in metric tons of the donations and how much is due to the nutritional qualities of food delivered.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : United Nations World Food Programme
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The energy intake of a human being is the only one among the nutrients that cannot in the short run be renounced without putting at immediate risk the possibility of survival itself. A lack of other nutrients increases susceptibility to infections and slows cognitive development and growth, contributing to poorer school performance and reduced work productivity. These effects are largely irreversible and long term, particularly when they occur at a young age. For these reasons, the IRMAs computation takes the content of Energy as a benchmark to compare with the other nutrients' content. For the calculation of IRMAs, we start with the IRMA values for each nutrient. IRMA of a nutrient counts the number of average individuals that could potentially be satisfied by the nutrient contained in a ton of food aid.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : United Nations World Food Programme
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      IRMAt (Individual Requirements Met on Average, Total) can be considered an alternative measure for food aid deliveries. By knowing how many tons of which commodity are contained in the food aid basket, it is easy to compute how many micrograms of nutrients there are in the overall basket. But, a measure like that would not be easy to interpret. Furthermore, each nutrient is measured in a different unit (for example, vitamin C is measured in micrograms and fat is measured in grams). IRMAt 'standardizes' the nutritional content of food aid by taking it as a percentage of human nutritional requirements. IRMAt of a nutrient is nothing but the number of individual requirements that could potentially be met on an annual basis by the total food aid deliveries selected. IRMAt values are descriptive of a food aid basket and are dependent on the absolute value in tonnage. They give information that reflects both nutritional content and the size of the food aid deliveries. From this point of view IRMAt can be considered a unit of measurement for food aid flows: it measures food aid basket by the number of average individuals that its nutritional content could potentially satisfy.   IRMA, IRMAs and IRMAt provide only information on their 'nutritional potential' of meeting average requirements.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food Balance Sheet presents a comprehensive picture of the pattern of a country's food supply during a specified reference period. The food balance sheet shows for each food item - i.e. each primary commodity and a number of processed commodities potentially available for human consumption - the sources of supply and its utilization. The total quantity of foodstuffs produced in a country added to the total quantity imported and adjusted to any change in stocks that may have occurred since the beginning of the reference period gives the supply available during that period. On the utilization side a distinction is made between the quantities exported, fed to livestock, used for seed, put to manufacture for food use and non-food uses, losses during storage and transportation, and food supplies available for human consumption. The per caput supply of each such food item available for human consumption is then obtained by dividing the respective quantity by the related data on the population actually partaking of it. Data on per caput food supplies are expressed in terms of quantity and - by applying appropriate food composition factors for all primary and processed products - also in terms of caloric value and protein and fat content.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Commodity balances show balances of food and agricultural commodities in a standardized form. The scope of standardization is to present these data in a less detailed form for a selected number of commodities without causing any significant loss of the basic variables monitoring the agricultural sector. The selected commodities include the equivalents of their derived products falling in the same commodity group, but exclude the equivalents of by-products and derived commodities, which through processing, change their nature and become part of different commodity groups. A number of commodity/item aggregates have been included to offer synthetic information. Some of these are included with the aim of simplifying the extraction of all component commodities. Data shown in the item aggregates represent the sum of the component commodities as presented in this domain (standardized form). Commodity coverage: The commodity list in this domain has been generally confined to primary commodities - except for sugar, oils and fats and beverages. Whenever possible trade in processed commodities is expressed in the originating primary commodity equivalent. Rice is expressed in milled equivalent.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Collect food prices data in your country and earn up to $120 every month.We are looking for data collectors who will go to the specific markets weekly, collect data on food prices for about 25 items and submit them into our system.
    • février 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Forbes
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Most innovation rankings are popularity contests based on past performance or editorial whims. We set out to create something very different with the World’s Most Innovative Companies list, using the wisdom of the crowd. Our method relies on investors’ ability to identify firms they expect to be innovative now and in the future.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Research by the Global Burden of Disease Health Financing Collaborator Network produced forecasted health spending estimates for 2015-2040 for 184 countries. The estimates cover total health spending, and health spending disaggregated by source into government spending, out-of-pocket, prepaid private, and development assistance for health. GDP and all-sector government spending were extracted for 1980–2015 and used with retrospective health spending estimates for 1995-2014 to forecast GDP, all-sector government spending, and health spending through 2040. Results of the study were published in The Lancet in April 2017 in "Future and potential spending on health 2015–40: government, prepaid private, out-of-pocket, and donor financing in 184 countries."
    • septembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Pallavi S
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The number of students enrolled refers to the count of students studying in the reference period. Each student enrolled in the education programmes covered by the corresponding category is counted once and only once. National data collection systems permitting, the statistics reflect the number of students enrolled at the beginning of the school / academic year. Preferably, the end (or near-end) of the first month of the school / academic year is chosen (special arrangements are made for part-year students who may not start studies at the beginning of the school year). Students are classified as foreign students (non-citizens) if they are not citizens of the country in which the data are collected. While pragmatic and operational, this classification is inappropriate for capturing student mobility because of differing national policies regarding the naturalisation of immigrants. Countries that have lower propensity to grant permanent residence to its immigrant populations are likely to report second generation immigrants as foreign students. Therefore, for student mobility and bilateral comparisons, interpretations of data based on the concept of foreign students should be made with caution. Students are classified as international students if they left their country of origin and moved to another country for the purpose of study. Depending on country-specific immigration legislation, mobility arrangements, and data availability, international students may be defined as students who are not permanent or usual residents of their country of study or alternatively as students who obtained their prior education in a different country, including another EU country.
    • octobre 2017
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis, U.S. Department of Commerce
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The activities of multinational enterprises statistics available here provide a picture of the overall activities of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents and contain a wide variety of indicators of their financial structure and operations. These statistics cover items that are needed in analyzing the characteristics, performance, and economic impact of MNEs, and are obtained from mandatory surveys of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents conducted by BEA.
    • août 2018
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains information on foreign direct investment (FDI) inward and outward flows and stock, expressed in millions of dollars. These figures correspond to the Statistical Annexes of the UNCTAD World Investment Report. The World Investment Report, which is released in June each year (t), contains annual data up to the year before (t-1). However, at the time of publication, the data for the most recent year are still preliminary and are subject to revision by the national authorities. When they revise data, UNCTAD updates its database accordingly. The dataset also presents the following indicators: the percentage share of each economy/group in the world, and percentage ratios of FDI to GDP. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is an investment made by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor or parent enterprise) with the objective of establishing a lasting interest in an enterprise that is resident in an another economy (direct investment enterprise or foreign affiliate). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. The ownership of 10% or more of the voting power of a direct investment enterprise by a direct investor is evidence of such a relationship. FDI flows comprise mainly three components:acquisition or disposal of equity capital. FDI includes the initial equity transaction that meets the 10% threshold and all subsequent financial transactions and positions between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise;reinvestment of earnings which are not distributed as dividends;inter-company debt. FDI flows are transactions recorded during the reference period (typically year or quarter). FDI stocks are the accumulated value held at the end of the reference period (typically year or quarter). In 2014, many countries implemented the new guidelines for the compilation of FDI data based on the Sixth edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6) and the Fourth edition of OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment (BD4). One of the major changes introduced in BPM6 and BD4 is the presentation of FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis instead of the directional principle (as recommended by the previous editions of these guidelines). On an asset/liability basis, direct investment statistics are organized according to whether the investment relates to an asset or a liability for the reporting country. Under the directional principle, the direct investment statistics are organized according to the direction of the investment for the reporting country - either inward or outward. The two presentations differ in their treatment of reverse investment (reverse investment is when an affiliate provides loans to its parent). Under the directional presentation, reverse investment is subtracted to derive the total outward or inward investment of the reporting economy. Therefore, FDI statistics on an asset/liability basis tends to be higher than those under the directional principle, but such is not always the case. While the presentation on an asset/liability basis is appropriate for macroeconomic analysis (i.e. the impact on the balance of payments), the presentation on directional principle is more appropriate to assist policymakers and government officials to formulate investment policies. This is because the presentation of the FDI data on directional basis reflects the direction of influence by the foreign direct investor underlying the direct investment: inward or outward direct investment. FDI data in this table are on directional principle, unless otherwise indicated
    • avril 2017
      Source : Statistics Centre of Abu Dhabi
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2012
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 juillet, 2012
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This Dataset contains 5 Tables. Foreign official reserves - Annual data (mny_for_a); Foreign official reserves - Quarterly data (mny_for_q); Foreign official reserves - Monthly data (mny_for_m); Monetary gold in fine troy ounces - Yearly data (mny_for_gold_a); Monetary gold in fine troy ounces - Monthly data (mny_for_gold_m). Note: i) All data in the datasets represents 'Value at the end of the period (END)'. ii): Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Foreign official reserves (mny_for).
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • juin 2014
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 décembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrl8 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • septembre 2018
      Source : U.S. Census Bureau
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2018
      Source : Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2018
      Source : United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2018
      Source : United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The database contains data on the production and trade in roundwood and primary wood and paper products for all countries and territories in the world. The main types of primary forest products included in are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. These products are detailed further. The definitions are available. The database contains details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals (production) by type of wood and assortment - Production and trade in roundwood, woodfuel and other basic products - Industrial roundwood by assortment and species - Sawnwood, panels and other primary products - Pulp and paper & paperboard. More detailed information on wood products, including definitions, can be found at http://www.fao.org/forestry/statistics/80572/en/
    • mai 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World and National CO2 Emissions from Fossil-Fuel Burning, Cement Manufacture, and Gas Flaring. Source: Tom Boden, Gregg Marland and Bob Andres (Oak Ridge National Laboratory)
    • mai 2018
      Source : Fund for Peace
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The FSI focuses on the indicators of risk and is based on thousands of articles and reports that are processed by our CAST Software from electronically available sources. Measures of fragility, like Demographic Pressures,Refugees and IDPs and etc., have been scaled on 0 to 10 where 10 is highest fragility and 0 no fragility.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Freedom House
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Freedom in the World is Freedom House’s flagship annual report, assessing the condition of political rights and civil liberties around the world. It is composed of numerical ratings and supporting descriptive texts for many countries. Freedom in the World has been published since 1973, allowing Freedom House to track global trends in freedom over more than 40 years. It has become the most widely read and cited report of its kind, used on a regular basis by policymakers, journalists, academics, activists, and many others.
    • avril 2012
      Source : Public Accountability Mechanisms
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Experts commonly support the notion that access to information is integral to the promotion of participation, transparency and accountability in any given society. A freedom of information framework aims at improving the efficiency of the government and increasing the transparency of its functioning by: 1. Regularly and reliably providing government documents to the public; 2. Educating the public on the significance of transparent government;3. Facilitating appropriate and relevant use of information in the lives of individuals
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Key statistical concept Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to calculate tonne-kilometer and passenger-kilometers. Methods could be based on traffic or mobility surveys, use very different sampling methods and estimating techniques which could affect the comparability of their statistics. Also, if the definition on road fatalities is very clear and well applied by most countries, this is not the case for road injuries. Indeed, not only countries might have different definitions but the important underreporting of road injuries in most countries can distort analysis based on these data.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset shows the state and changes over time in the abstractions of freshwater resources in OECD countries. Water abstractions are a major pressure on freshwater resources, particularly from public water supplies, irrigation, industrial processes and cooling of electric power plants. It has significant implications for issues of quantity and quality of water resources. This dataset shows water abstractions by source (surface and ground water) and by major uses. Water abstractions refer to water taken from ground or surface water sources and conveyed to the place of use. If the water is returned to a surface water source, abstraction of the same water by the downstream user is counted again in compiling total withdrawal. When interpreting those data, it should be borne in mind that the definitions and estimation methods employed by Member countries may vary considerably among countries.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Austria: Long-term annual average 1961-90 Belgium: Data exclude underground flows and include estimates Canada: Long-term annual average 1971-2004 Chile: Long-term annual average 2000-2014 Colombia: Long-term annual average 1974-2012 Czech Republic: The long-term annual average refers to the latest 20 years Denmark: Long-term annual average 1995-2015 Estonia: Long-term annual average refers to the latest 30 years and includes only data about fresh surface water France: Long-term annual average : 1981-2010. Inflow and outflow: outflow is computed using the throughput of rivers having their source in France but the mouth outside France; measures are taken at the French border using the daily throughputs. Precipitation and real evapotranspiration data are derived from a gridded atmospheric model (grid point of 8 by 8 km2) applied to the territory of metropolitan France. Germany: Long-term annual average 1995-2015 Hungary: Long-term annual average 1971-2000 Ireland: Long-term annual average 1981-2010. Groundwater figures are not available and therefore are not included. Israel: Long-term annual average 2000-2013 Italy: Long-term annual average 1971-2000 Japan: Long-term annual average 1971-2006 Korea: Long-term annual average 1974-2003 Latvia: Long-term annual average 2005-2013 Lithuania: Long-term annual average 2000-2014 Mexico: The long-term annual average covers 30 years Netherlands: Long-term annual average 1981-2010 New Zealand: Long-term annual average 1995-2014 Norway: The data for precipitation and evotranspiration refer to the period LTAA (long-term annual average) 1961-90 whereas the others to the period LTAA 1981-2010, that is why precipitation minus evotranspiration is different from internal resources. Poland: Long-term annual average 1951-2014. Estimates on the base of mean annual flow. For more information, see: http://www.kzgw.gov.pl/ , http://www.pgi.gov.pl/ , http://www.psh.gov.pl/ , http://www.imgw.pl/ Slovak Republic: Long-term annual average is 1961-1990 for internal resources, 1961-2000 for external inflow Slovenia: Long-term annual average is 1971-2000 Sweden: Long-term annual average : 1990-2009. The difference between precipitation and evapotranspiration refers to storage Switzerland: Long-term annual average : 1981-2010 Turkey: Long-term annual average: data for internal flow refers to the period 1980-2011 Costa Rica: The long-term annual average refers to 1990-2014 Russia: The long-term annual average refers to 1936-1980
    • octobre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at:http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf. Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf.  Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
  • G
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The G20 CPI has been calculated for the headline indicators only (CPI All items / HICP Total). It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year's relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs). Other Aspects Recommended uses and limitations The G20 consists of the following economies: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, the Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Turkey, the United Kingdom, the United States, and the European Union. The G20 aggregate is calculated taking the fifteen individual country members of the G20 (other than France, Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom) plus the European Union as an aggregate. In calculating the monthly percentage change of the CPI G20 aggregate, the officially reported data for Argentina have been used. Data from January 2014 onwards exclude Argentina during 2014 for annual inflation rates and index series (2010=100).
    • août 2018
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Consumer price indices (CPIs) measure inflation as price changes of a representative basket of goods and services typically purchased by households. The G20 CPI aggregate reflects national CPIs for all G20 countries (with the exception of Turkey) that are not part of the European Union (EU) while it reflects the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) for the EU, its Member States and for Turkey. It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year’s relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs). The table presents the data for all non-EU countries. The HICP tables for France, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, and the euro area and European Union can be found under the HICP tables.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      En matière de statistiques sur les salaires, le concept de gains s'entend de la rémunération en espèces et en nature versée aux salariés, en règle générale à intervalles réguliers, au titre des heures de travail effectuées ou du travail accompli, ainsi que de la rémunération afférente aux heures non effectuées, par exemple pour le congé annuel, d'autres congés payés ou les jours fériés.
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les données sur les gains des salariés sont présentées, si possible, en termes courants et sur la base de la moyenne des gains mensuels de tous les salariés. Les gains des salariés représentent la rémunération en espèces et en nature versée aux salariés, en règle générale à intervalles réguliers, au titre des heures de travail effectuées ou du travail accompli, ainsi que la rémunération afférente aux heures non effectuées, par exemple pour le congé annuel, d'autres congés payés ou les jours fériés. Les gains ne comprennent pas les contributions que les employeurs versent pour leurs salariés aux régimes de sécurité sociale et de pension, non plus que les prestations reçues par les salariés dans le cadre de ces régimes. Sont également exclues les indemnités de licenciement et de cessation de service. Les statistiques des gains font référence à la rémunération brute des salariés, c'est-à-dire le montant total avant toute déduction effectuée par l'employeur. Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • mars 2017
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La croissance des gains réels mensuels moyens des salariés fait référence au taux de croissance (positif ou négatif) en pourcentage des salaires réels moyens d'une année à l'autre. Les gains des salariés représentent la rémunération en espèces et en nature versée aux salariés déflatée par l'indice des prix à la consommation du pays, en règle générale à intervalles réguliers, au titre des heures de travail effectuées ou du travail accompli, ainsi que la rémunération afférente aux heures non effectuées, par exemple pour le congé annuel, d'autres congés payés ou les jours fériés. Les gains ne comprennent pas les contributions que les employeurs versent pour leurs salariés aux régimes de sécurité sociale et de pension, non plus que les prestations reçues par les salariés dans le cadre de ces régimes. Sont également exclues les indemnités de licenciement et de cessation de service. Les statistiques des gains font référence à la rémunération brute des salariés, c'est-à-dire, le montant total avant toute déduction effectuée par l'employeur.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015) estimates were used in an analysis of national levels of personal healthcare access and quality based on 32 causes of disease and injury considered amenable to healthcare over time. This dataset includes the following global, regional, and national or territory-level estimates for 1990-2015: age-standardized risk-standardized death rates for 32 causes considered amenable to healthcare; the Healthcare Quality and Access (HAQ) Index and individual indices for each of the 32 causes on a scale of 0 to 100; and a frontier based on the relationship between the HAQ Index and the Socio-demographic Index (SDI). Results were published in The Lancet in May 2017 in "Healthcare Access and Quality Index based on mortality from causes amenable to personal healthcare in 195 countries and territories, 1990–2015: a novel analysis from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015."
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. As part of this study, estimates for obesity and overweight prevalence and the disease burden attributable to high body mass index (BMI) were produced by sex, age group, and year for 195 countries and territories. Estimates for high BMI-attributable deaths, DALYs, and other measures (1990-2015) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include obesity and overweight prevalence estimates for 1980-2015. Study results were published in The New England Journal of Medicine in June 2017 in "Health Effects of Overweight and Obesity in 195 Countries over 25 Years."
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. As part of this study, estimates for daily smoking prevalence and smoking-attributable mortality and disease burden, as measured by disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), were produced by sex, age group, and year for 195 countries and territories. Estimates for deaths and DALYs (1990-2015) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include daily smoking prevalence (1980-2015) and annualized rate of change estimates. Study results were published in The Lancet in April 2017 in "Smoking prevalence and attributable disease burden in 195 countries and territories, 1990–2015: a systematic analysis from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015." Date ranges have been considered as follows: 1990-2015 as 1990 1990-2005 as 2005 2005-2015 as 2015
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. Estimates for deaths, disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), years lived with disability, years of life lost (YLLs), prevalence, and incidence for 32 cancer groups by age and sex for 21 regions, 195 countries and territories, and select subnational units for 1990-2015 (quinquennial) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record are the web tables published in JAMA Oncology in December 2016 in "Global, Regional, and National Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived with Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life Years for 32 Cancer Groups, 1990-2015: A Systematic Analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study."
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 octobre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2015 (GBD 2015), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors at the global, regional, national, territorial, and, for a subset of countries, subnational level. This dataset measures progress towards the Millennium Development Goal 5 (MDG 5) target of a 75% reduction in the maternal mortality ratio between 1990 and 2015. Maternal mortality ratio estimates for 21 regions, 195 countries and territories and 4 United Kingdom subnational units for 1990-2015 (quinquennial) are available by age and cause from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record include tables published in The Lancet in October 2016 in "Global, regional, and national levels of maternal mortality, 1990–2015: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Cause-specific mortality estimates for deaths and years of life lost (YLLs) are available from the GBD Results Tool. Estimates are available by age and sex for 264 causes for 1990-2016. Select tables published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Global, regional, and national age-sex specific mortality for 264 causes of death, 1980–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016" are also available for download via the “Files” tab above.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) by cause, age, and sex and healthy life expectancy (HALE) by age and sex are available from the GBD Results Tool for 1990-2016 (quinquennial). Select tables published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Global, regional, and national disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) for 333 diseases and injuries and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 195 countries and territories, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016" are also available for download via the “Files” tab above.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors from 1990 to 2016. The United Nations established, in September 2015, the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which specify 17 universal goals, 169 targets, and 232 indicators leading up to 2030. Drawing from GBD 2016, this dataset provides estimates for 37 health-related SDG indicators for 188 countries from 1990 to 2016, as well as projections, based on past trends, from 2017 to 2030. These 37 SDG indicators were used to construct the health-related SDG index, a summary measure of overall performance across the health-related SDGs. The results were published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Measuring progress and projecting attainment based on past trends of the health-related Sustainable Development Goals in 188 countries: an analysis from the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016."
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Developed by GBD researchers and used to help produce these estimates, the Socio-demographic Index (SDI) is a summary measure of a geography's socio-demographic development. It is based on average income per person, educational attainment, and total fertility rate (TFR). SDI contains an interpretable scale: zero represents the lowest income per capita, lowest educational attainment, and highest TFR observed across all GBD geographies from 1970 to 2016, and one represents the highest income per capita, highest educational attainment, and lowest TFR. This dataset provides tables with SDI values for all estimated GBD 2016 geographies for 1970–2016 and groupings by geography based on 2016 values.
    • août 2018
      Source : Global Database of Events, Language, and Tone
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GDELT Event Database records over 300 categories of physical activities around the world, from riots and protests to peace appeals and diplomatic exchanges, georeferenced to the city or mountain top, across the entire planet dating back to January 1, 1979 and updated every 15 minutes. Essentially it takes a sentence like "The United States criticized Russia yesterday for deploying its troops in Crimea, in which a recent clash with its soldiers left 10 civilians injured" and transforms this blurb of unstructured text into three structured database entries, recording US CRITICIZES RUSSIA, RUSSIA TROOP-DEPLOY UKRAINE (CRIMEA), and RUSSIA MATERIAL-CONFLICT CIVILIANS (CRIMEA). Nearly 60 attributes are captured for each event, including the approximate location of the action and those involved. This translates the textual descriptions of world events captured in the news media into codified entries in a grand "global spreadsheet."
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • août 2018
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI), Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2017
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset includes gender inequality and development indices.
    • juillet 2018
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gender Stats is a one stop source of information on gender at the country level. A compilation of data on key gender topics from national statistics agencies, United Nations databases, and World Bank-conducted or funded surveys. A work-in-progress because the database is continuously updated as new information becomes available.
    • février 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 février, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GID-DB is a database providing researchers and policymakers with key data on gender-based discrimination in social institutions. This data helps analyse women’s economic empowerment and understand gender gaps in other key areas of development. Covering 160 countries, the GID-DB contains comprehensive information on legal, cultural and traditional practices that discriminate against women and girls.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It provides a faithful image, to the greatest extent possible, of the aggregates and balances of the general government sector in the SNA 1993 conceptual framework. In addition, it brings to light two relevant aggregates that do not belong to this conceptual frame work: the Total Revenue and the Total Expenditure of the general government sector. Unit of measure used - National currency; current prices. Expressed in millions.
    • avril 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This part contains general information on number of insurance companies and employees within the sector.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 janvier, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table provides information on the main relevant indicators. The data have mainly been supplied by the World Bank, and cover, where available: -Current Gross National Income (GNI) in US $ millions; -GNI per capita (US $); -Population; -Energy use as kilogram of oil per capita; -Average Life Expectancy of Adults; and -Adult Literacy Rate as a percentage of the country population. Data for Sudan include South Sudan, with the exception of total population, which is reported separately.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bilateral ODA commitments by purpose. Data cover the years 2005 to 2009. Amounts are expressed in USD million. The sectoral distribution of bilateral ODA commitments refers to the economic sector of destination (i.e. the specific area of the recipient's economic or social structure whose development is, or is intended to be fostered by the aid), rather than to the type of goods or services provided. These are aggregates of individual projects notified under the Creditor Reporting System, supplemented by reporting on the sectoral distribution of technical co-operation, and on actual disbursements of food and emergency aid.
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 mars, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2018
      Source : German Chemicals Industry Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Facts and figures for chemistry (2017), Foreign Trade
    • février 2018
      Source : German Chemicals Industry Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Chemistry facts and figures 2017: Investments
    • octobre 2017
      Source : Emission Database for Global Atmospheric Research
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
        GHG and CO2 Emissions, 1970 - 2016   Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2). Emissions are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics. Source: European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC)/PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Knight Frank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Countries are ranked according to 12-month price growth.The Knight Frank Global House Price Index established in 2006 allows investors and developers to monitor and compare the performance of mainstream residential markets across the world. The index is compiled on a quarterly basis using official government statistics or central bank data where available. The index’s overall performance is weighted by GDP and the latest quarter’s data is provisional pending the release of all the countries’ results.  Data for Australia, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, India, Israel, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Malaysia, Morocco, New Zealand, Peru, Poland, Romania is to Q4 2017; data for Bulgaria, Croatia, Hungary, Luxembourg and Slovenia is to Q3 2017.  Important Notice: This report is published for general information only and not to be relied upon in any way. Although high standards have been used in the preparation of the information, analysis, views and projections presented in this report, no responsibility or liability whatsoever can be accepted by Knight Frank LLP for any loss or damage resultant from any use of, reliance on or reference to the contents of this document. As a general report, this material does not necessarily represent the view of Knight Frank LLP in relation to particular properties or projects. Reproduction of this report in whole or in part is not allowed without prior written approval of Knight Frank LLP to the form and content within which it appears. Knight Frank LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England with registered number OC305934. Our registered office is 55 Baker Street, London, W1U 8AN, where you may look at a list of members’ names.
    • octobre 2015
      Source : HelpAge International
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The aim of the Index is both to capture the multidimensional nature of the quality of life and wellbeing of older people, and to provide a means by which to measure performance and promote improvements. We have chosen 13 different indicators for the four key domains of Income security, Health status, Capability, and Enabling environment. Domain 1: Income security The income security domain assesses people's access to a sufficient amount of income, and the capacity to use it independently, in order to meet basic needs in older age. Domain 2: Health status The three indicators used for the health domain provide information about physical and psychological wellbeing. Domain 3: Capability The employment and education indicators in this domain look at different aspects of the empowerment of older people. Domain 4: Enabling environment This domain uses data from Gallup World View to assess older people's perception of social connectedness, safety, civic freedom and access to public transport - issues older people have singled out as particularly important.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mars, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This database contains statistics on production volume and value by species, country or area, fishing area and culture environment
    • juillet 2011
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Bilateral Migration Database: Global matrices of bilateral migrant stocks spanning the period 1960-2000, disaggregated by gender and based primarily on the foreign-born concept are presented. Over one thousand census and population register records are combined to construct decennial matrices corresponding to the last five completed census rounds. For the first time, a comprehensive picture of bilateral global migration over the last half of the twentieth century emerges. The data reveal that the global migrant stock increased from 92 to 165 million between 1960 and 2000. South-North migration is the fastest growing component of international migration in both absolute and relative terms. The United States remains the most important migrant destination in the world, home to one fifth of the world’s migrants and the top destination for migrants from no less than sixty sending countries. Migration to Western Europe remains largely from elsewhere in Europe. The oil-rich Persian Gulf countries emerge as important destinations for migrants from the Middle East, North Africa and South and South-East Asia. Finally, although the global migrant stock is still predominantly male, the proportion of women increased noticeably between 1960 and 2000.
    • mars 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Contains the volume of fish catches landed by country or territory of capture, by species or a higher taxonomic level, by FAO major fishing areas, and year for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purpose
    • juin 2016
      Source : Deloitte
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      With the release of the 2016 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index (GMCI), Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (Deloitte Global) and the Council on Competitiveness (the Council) in the US build upon the GMCI research, with prior studies published in 2010 and 2013. The results of the 2016 study clearly show the ongoing influence manufacturing has on driving global economies. From its influence on infrastructure development, job creation, and contribution to gross domestic product (GDP) on both an overall and per capita basis, a strong manufacturing sector creates a clear path toward economic prosperity.
    • novembre 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 novembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This database contains statistics on the annual production of fishery commodities and imports and exports of fishery commodities by country and commodities in terms of volume and value from 1976.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : DHL
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      DHL released the third edition of its Global Connectedness Index (GCI), a detailed analysis of the state of globalization around the world. The latest report, authored by internationally acclaimed globalization expert Professor Pankaj Ghemawat together with Steven A. Altman, shows that global connectedness, measured by cross-border flows of trade, capital, information and people, has recovered most of its losses incurred during the financial crisis. Especially the depth of international interactions – the proportion of interactions that cross national borders – gained momentum in 2013 after its recovery had stalled in the previous year. Nonetheless, trade depth, as a distinct dimension of globalization, continues to stagnate and the overall level of global connectedness remains quite limited, implying that there could be gains of trillions of US dollars if boosted in future years.
    • décembre 2013
      Source : Transparency International
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 février, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Global Corruption Barometer (2013) by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0 Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption - See more at: http://www.transparency.org/gcb2013/in_detail#sthash.hey9okGH.dpuf
    • juillet 2017
      Source : International Telecommunication Union
      Téléchargé par : Shakthi Krishnan
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
        The Global Cybersecurity Index (GCI) is a survey that measures the commitment of Member States to cybersecurity in order to raise awareness. The GCI revolves around the ITU Global Cybersecurity Agenda (GCA) and its five pillars (legal, technical, organizational, capacity building and cooperation). For each of these pillars, questions were developed to assess commitment. Through consultation with a group of experts, these questions were weighted in order to arrive at an overall GCI score. The survey was administered through an online platform through which supporting evidence was also collected. One-hundred and thirty-four Member States responded to the survey throughout 2016. Member States who did not respond were invited to validate responses determined from open-source research. As such, the GCI results reported herein cover all 193 ITU Member States. The 2017 publication of the GCI continues to show the commitment to cybersecurity of countries around the world. The overall picture shows improvement and strengthening of all five elements of the cybersecurity agenda in various countries in all regions. However, there is space for further improvement in cooperation at all levels, capacity building and organizational measures. As well, the gap in the level of cybersecurity engagement between different regions is still present and visible. The level of development of the different pillars varies from country to country in the regions, and while commitment in Europe remains very high in the legal and technical fields in particular, the challenging situation in the Africa and Americas regions shows the need for continued engagement and support. In addition to providing the GCI score, this report also provides a set of illustrative practices that give insight into the achievements of certain countries.